Contents

Sony PCV-E308DS v2 User's Guide PDF

1 of 1141
1 of 1141

Summary of Content for Sony PCV-E308DS v2 User's Guide PDF

Notice to Users 1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. This manual and the software described herein, in whole or in part, may not be reproduced, translated, or reduced to any machine-readable form without prior written approval.

SONY ELECTRONICS INC. PROVIDES NO WARRANTY WITH REGARD TO THIS MANUAL, THE SOFTWARE, OR OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH REGARD TO THIS MANUAL, THE SOFTWARE, OR SUCH OTHER INFORMATION. IN NO EVENT SHALL SONY ELECTRONICS INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON TORT, CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS MANUAL, THE SOFTWARE, OR OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR THE USE THEREOF.

Sony Electronics Inc. reserves the right to make any modification to this manual or the information contained herein at any time without notice. The software described herein may also be governed by the terms of a separate user license agreement.

Sony, VAIO, VAIO Smart, i.Link, S-Link, and the VAIO logo are trademarks of Sony. Windows and the Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Intel and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation. K56flex is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc. and Rockwell International. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Safety Information

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:________________________

Serial Number:________________________

WARNING

To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose your Sony computer to rain or moisture.

Never install modem or telephone wiring during a lightning storm.

Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations

Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface.

Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.

Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm.

Do not use the modem or a telephone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.

The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard.

Regulatory Information

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,Page 1

may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.

Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this equipment.

Only peripherals (computer input/output devices, terminals, printers, etc.) that comply with FCC Class B limits may be attached to this computer product. Operation with non-compliant peripherals is likely to result in interference to radio and television reception.

All cables used to connect peripherals must be shielded and grounded. Operation with cables, connected to peripherals, that are not shielded and grounded, may result in interference to radio and television reception.

FCC Part 68

This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. The ringer equivalence number (REN) and the FCC registration number are printed on the modem board. If requested, this information must be supplied to the telephone company.

The REN is used to determine the quantity of devices which may be connected to the phone line. Excessive REN's on the telephone line may result in the devices not ringing in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all areas, the sum of the REN's should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices that may be connected to the line, as determined by the total REN's, contact the telephone company to determine the maximum REN for the calling area.

This modem uses the USOC RJ-11 telephone jack.

If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, the telephone company will, when practical, notify you in advance that temporary discontinuance of service may be required. If advance notice isn't practical, the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary.

The telephone company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment. If this happens, the telephone company will notify you in advance, in order for you to make the necessary modifications in order to maintain uninterrupted service.

If trouble is experienced with this modem, for repair or warranty information, please contact 1-888-4SONY-PC, or write to the Sony Customer Information Center, One Sony Drive, Park Ridge, NJ 07656.

This equipment cannot be used on telephone-company-provided coin service. Connection to Party Line Service is subject to state tariffs.

Repair of the modem should be made only by a Sony Service Center or Sony authorized agent. For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call 1-888-4SONY-PC (1-888-476-6972).

Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other electronic device to send any message via a telephone facsimile machine unlessPag 2

such message clearly contains, in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other entity, or individual sending the message, and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual.

In order to program this information into your facsimile, see your fax software documentation.

You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this equipment.

Page 3

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 4

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 5

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 6

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 7

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 8

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 9

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 10

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 11

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 12

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 13

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 14

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 15

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 16

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 17

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 18

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 19

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 20

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 21

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 22

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 23

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 24

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 25

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 26

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 27

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 28

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 29

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 30

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 31

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 32

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 33

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 34

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 35

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 36

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 37

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 38

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 39

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 40

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 41

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 42

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 43

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 44

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 45

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 46

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 47

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 48

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 49

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 50

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 51

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 52

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 53

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 54

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 55

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 56

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 57

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 58

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 59

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 60

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 61

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 62

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 63

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 64

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 65

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 66

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 67

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 68

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 69

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 70

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 71

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 72

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 73

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 74

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 75

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 76

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 77

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 78

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 79

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 80

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 81

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 82

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 83

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 84

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 85

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 86

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 87

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 88

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 89

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 90

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 91

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 92

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 93

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 94

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 95

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 96

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 97

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 98

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 99

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 100

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 101

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 102

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 103

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 104

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 105

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 106

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 107

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 108

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 109

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 110

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 111

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 112

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 113

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 114

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 115

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 116

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 117

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 118

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 119

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 120

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 121

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 122

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 123

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 124

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 125

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 126

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 127

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 128

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 129

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 130

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 131

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 132

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 133

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 134

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 135

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 136

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 137

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 138

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 139

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 140

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 141

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 142

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 143

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 144

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 145

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 146

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 147

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 148

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 149

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 150

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 151

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 152

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 153

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 154

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 155

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 156

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 157

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 158

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 159

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 160

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 161

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 162

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 163

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 164

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 165

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 166

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 167

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 168

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 169

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 170

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 171

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 172

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 173

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 174

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 175

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 176

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 177

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 178

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 179

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 180

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 181

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 182

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 183

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 184

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 185

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 186

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 187

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 188

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 189

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 190

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 191

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 192

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 193

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 194

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 195

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 196

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 197

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 198

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 199

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 200

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 201

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 202

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 203

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 204

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 205

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 206

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 207

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 208

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 209

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 210

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 211

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 212

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 213

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 214

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 215

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 216

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 217

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 218

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 219

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 220

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 221

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 222

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 223

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 224

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 225

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 226

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 227

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 228

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 229

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 230

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 231

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 232

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 233

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 234

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 235

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 236

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 237

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 238

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 239

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 240

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 241

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 242

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 243

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 244

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 245

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 246

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 247

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 248

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 249

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 250

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 251

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 252

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 253

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 254

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 255

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 256

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 257

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 258

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 259

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 260

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 261

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 262

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 263

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 264

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 265

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 266

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 267

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 268

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 269

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 270

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 271

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 272

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 273

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 274

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 275

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 276

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 277

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 278

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 279

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 280

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 281

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 282

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 283

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 284

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 285

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 286

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 287

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 288

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 289

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 290

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 291

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 292

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 293

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 294

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 295

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 296

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 297

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 298

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 299

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 300

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 301

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 302

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 303

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 304

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 305

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 306

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 307

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 308

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 309

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 310

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 311

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 312

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 313

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 314

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 315

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 316

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 317

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 318

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 319

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 320

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 321

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 322

Read Me First

Welcome

Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO MicroTower, see Specifications.

Exceptional performance: Your MicroTower includes a fast Intel Pentium II processor, a DVD-ROM drive, and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.1

Digital Versatile Disc (DVD): This new optical storage technology provides increased storage capacity and a rich multimedia computing experience. Your DVD-ROM drive plays both DVD-ROM and CD-ROM discs.

VAIO Smart Keyboard: Your MicroTower includes a USB keyboard with programmable shortcut buttons to launch your favorite programs or access the Internet.

Sony audio and video quality: High-fidelity positional 3D audio system (A3D ), high-powered 3D graphics (AGP), and "Sony-Tuned" MPEG2 digital video playback enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

S-Link (Control A1) connector: Store and play CDs from your CD changer. Record music to your minidisc recorder. Create libraries of titles with song names and play times, select recording lists from the library to play, edit, or record.

i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors: Connect a digital video camera, such as the Sony Digital Handycam, or other digital imaging devices to an i.LINK connector on either the front or back of your system. This state-of-the-art technology allows audio/video devices to function as true multimedia peripherals, creating a new interface technology between your computer and A/V products.

S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output connector: Transfer digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc recorder. Listen to high quality, multichannel DVD sound when your VAIO MicroTower is connected to a compatible Dolby Digital (AC-3) decoder.

Digital Studio Software: Enjoy all of your computer's audio and video capabilities with component-like applications that allow you to creatively manipulate digital still images, video clips, and audio tracks.

50 free hours of Internet access: Use the Internet for up to 50 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Limit of two hours per day. Free access expires after 50 hours or 90 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows 98: Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

VAIO Space: Sony's original navigation utility helps simplify the use of applications on your computer.

Communications: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories Page 323

Manuals

Read Me First (this manual) contains features and specifications of your VAIO MicroTower. It also includes information on how to contact software vendors and last minute troubleshooting tips.

The VAIO MicroTower User Guidedescribes how to set up your computer, find help, and accomplish basic computer tasks.

The Microsoft Windows98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system.

Recovery CDs

System Recovery CD(s)

Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

Setting up your VAIO MicroTower (poster)

Packet containing special product offers

Software Library

The Software Library contains the Microsoft software license agreement, Sony end-user license agreement, and the following CDs:

Adobe PhotoDeluxe Home Edition 3.0

Gremlin Interactive Ltd. MotorHead

Microsoft Encarta 98 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Money/Microsoft Works Page 324

DVD Discs

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Back Panel Overview

The back panel of your computer contains the connectors where you plug in supplied and optional accessories. The icons on the back panel serve as a map to help you locate the connectors on your computer.

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. i.LINK connectors on the back of your system are 6-pin connectors.

Front Panel Overview

The front panel of your MicroTower allows for access to the diskette and DVD-ROM drives. It also includes USB and i.LINK ports that allow you to connect USB devices, CD changers, minidisc editors, or other components.

Page 325

For your convenience, your computer includes USB and i.LINK connectors on both the front and back panels, allowing you to connect to either set of connectors. The i.LINK connector on the front of your system is a 4-pin connector.

Supplementary Information

You can access the online version of Read Me First from the Help Center in VAIO Space.

Optimal DVD Performance

Due to nonstandard implementation of Microsoft Active Movie components in some DVD game titles, some DVD game titles may not play correctly. DVD standards are still evolving. Some DVD titles may require software or hardware components that were not available when your VAIO MicroTower was designed and manufactured.

The DVD Control Panel can be accessed by right-clicking anywhere in the DVD video window and selecting Panel.

If you select the standby mode for your monitor and allow the system to turn off the monitor, it is recommended that you restart your computer before playing DVD titles.

VAIO Smart Keyboard Default Settings

The VAIO Smart Keyboard programmable buttons come with the following applications as their default settings: Page 326

S1 - Easy Internet Access Browser

S2 - Outlook 98 (E-mail)

S3 - MotorHead (Game)

S4 - Microsoft Works

S5 - Quicken Basic 98

S6 - Sony Help Center

All six buttons are reprogrammable.

Using The Standby Mode

To Put Your Computer into Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. There are four ways to put your computer into standby mode.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

Click Shut Down at the bottom of the Start menu to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box. Select Stand by, and then click OK.

Press the Standby button on the VAIO Smart Keyboard (the half moon icon).

Change the timer settings for standby mode in the Control Panel, as follows:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and click Control Panel.

2. Click the Power Management icon.

3. On the Power Schemes tab, change the Power scheme to Home/Office Desk.

4. In the list box for System standby, select an interval of time.

5. Click the OK button and close the Control Panel.

To Resume from Standby Mode

There are two ways to resume system functionality when your computer is in standby mode. You can use any one of the following methods.

Press any key, such as the Enter key.

Tap the power switch on the front panel.

It may take up to 30 seconds for your system to recover stored information and resume functionality. The screen remains blank while the system is resuming functionality.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

If you restore Outlook 98 from the Application Recovery CD and wish to use its fax capability, youPage 327

should follow these steps after restoring Outlook:

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2. Point to Settings and click Control Panel.

3. Click Add/Remove Programs.

4. Double-click Microsoft Outlook 98.

5. Click the Add New Components button.

6. Click the Install from CD button. You do not need to insert a CD. The contents of Outlook 98 have already been downloaded to your hard disk drive.

7. In the dialog box that reads "Active Setup is about to determine what internet components are installed on your computer," click the Yes button.

8. Check the box next to "Symantec WinFax Starter Edition."

9. Click the Next button.

10. Click the Install Now button.

11. When the installation is complete, click the OK button.

12. Click Yes to restart your computer.

Sending and Receiving Faxes Using Microsoft Outlook

If you wish to use Microsoft Outlook to send and receive faxes, you must complete the Internet Connection Wizard the first time you use Outlook. To complete this Wizard, you need to supply your name, your e-mail address, and your incoming and outgoing mail servers.

When you launch Outlook, the Internet Connection Wizard displays. Follow the on-screen instructions. When the Symantec WinFax Starter Edition Setup Wizard appears, follow the on screen instructions. On the Auto Receive panel, select the checkbox for Automatic receive fax. To select the modem that ships with your VAIO computer, select Sony Internal Modem on the Modem panel. Click the Properties button to confirm the correct modem properties. When this is complete, click the OK button. When you complete the Modem Configuration Wizard panel, a successful configuration message displays.

The Registration Wizard screen appears on your screen. After you register, Outlook launches. You must close and restart Outlook before you can send or receive faxes.

If you experience difficulties completing this process, call Sony Online Support at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972), before canceling out of the setup process.

Inserting Add-in Boards

Your VAIO MicroTower accommodates PCI add-in boards up to 7.7 inches in length.

Using Devices Connected to the i.LINK (IEEE-1394), S-Link (Control A1), and S/PDIF Optical Digital Audio Output Connectors

For the latest information on devices known to be compatible with the state-of the-art audio, video, and graphics capabilities of your VAIO computer, check the Sony web site at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport.

Connecting to i.LINK Ports

Your VAIO computer includes a 4-pin i.LINK connector on the front of the system and two 6-pin i.LINK connectors on the back of the system. A 6-pin i.LINK connector can supply power from the computer to the connected device if the device is equipped with a 6-pin connector. A 4-pin i.LINK connector cannot supply power to a connected device.

Page 328

Capturing and Editing Digital Video Images

You can capture digital video images using a digital video camera recorder and DVgate Motion software. Once the images are saved as AVI files, they can be edited using DVgate Motion, DVgate Clip, or Adobe Premiere LE. You cannot capture digital video images directly using the Capture menu in Adobe Premiere LE. Adobe Premiere LE supports an analog capture board for capturing images. Your VAIO computer is designed for digital video input.

If there is no audio data associated with an AVI file, the message "Codec compression error" appears. If you do not wish to associate audio with your AVI file, you can add muted sound data by recording audio with the mute option enabled.

For best performance, when editing AVI files in Adobe Premiere LE, you should use the default setup parameters that shipped with your system. If you change the default setup and want to reinitialize the parameters, follow these steps:

1. In the Adobe Premiere LE application, select Compression from the Make menu. The Compression Settings dialog box appears.

2. In the Method list box, select Sony DV software CODEC.

3. Click OK to close the screen.

4. From the Create menu, select Preset. The Preset dialog box appears.

5. Select the parameters for Time Base, Compress, Output, and Preview Option settings as indicated below.

[Time base]

Time base - 29.97fps (required)

[Compress]

File type - AVI (required)

Compress Program Method - Sony DV software CODEC (required)

Compress Program Depth - Millions colors (No other options)

Quality (No control for this item)

Option: Frames per second - 30 (required)

Option: Basic Key Frames (No control for this item)

Option: Optimize Still Off (recommended)

Data rate - Recompress Off (recommended)

[Output options]

Video - On (required)

Video Size - 720x480

Video VH Ratio - Off (required)

VideoType - Field 2 (recommended)

Audio - On (required)

Audio Rate - 44kHz (required)

Audio Format - 16 Bit Stereo or 16 Bit Monaural (required)

Audio Type - Uncompress (required) Page 329

Audio Interleave - 1 frame (recommended)

- Less than 30 frames (required)

Audio Sync - 1.0 (required)

Audio Skew - 0.75 (recommended)

- Less than 1.0 (required)

[Preview Option]

Preview Window Size - 360x240 (180x120)

Note that Adobe Premiere LE does not save the Preview Window Size, but uses a default size of 320 x 213 each time the application launches. We recommend that you change this setting to 360 x 240 to improve the quality of preview images when editing AVI files.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1. From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2. Click the Internet icon.

3. Click the Connection tab.

4. Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5. Click OK.

Using DVgate Motion

When capturing images:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, since this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

The maximum length of AVI files that you can record is approximately 9 minutes 30 seconds.

You can record stereo audio (stereo 1) while capturing video. You cannot add audio on the stereo 2 track after capturing the video data.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. You should perform a separate capture for each audio mode you wish to use.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

Title data is saved in the flash memory of a digital video camera and is not transferred to tape by DVgate Motion.

To avoid interruption of capture sessions, you should disable the screen saver.

The drop frame compensation feature does not provide accurate compensation adjustments for tapes recorded in LP mode.

For tapes that include a mixture of both SP and LP mode, the information displayed by the capture progress indicator may not be accurate.

Make sure the video head of your digital video device is properly cleaned. Anomalies that you see in captured data could be due to dust or other particles on the video head.

o The last frame captured is one frame before your selected [OUT] point. The frame you see immediately after clicking the [OUT] button is not captured. Page 330

When recording AVI files to tape:

Do not use DVgate Motion when the connected digital video peripheral is in Timer Recording mode, as this could produce a malfunction in the peripheral.

o You can record only AVI files. MPEG files cannot be recorded.

To avoid recording problems, such as a single frame appearing in multiple frames, close other applications on your system while recording.

You cannot use different audio modes on the same tape. If you have AVI files that use different audio modes, they cannot be recorded at the same time, but must be recorded separately.

Do not attempt to work with AVI files that are smaller than 4 MB.

DVgate Motion does not support hard disk compression. You should not use disk compression if you are planning to work with DVgate Motion.

In order to maximize recording capabilities, video and audio data are not available while you are recording.

If DVgate Motion indicates that frames have been dropped, you should try closing all open applications, or you may need to defragment your hard drive.

Restoring Audio Drivers

When you restore the audio drivers from the Application Recovery CD, you need to restart your system to use these drivers. In the Add New Hardware wizard that appears when you restart, click the Next button until you are prompted for the location of the drivers. The audio drivers are located on the Application Recovery CD in G:\drivers\audio\AL98091701\English.

Using AC-3 to S/PDIF Output

Minidisc player/recorders, DAT player/recorders, and older digital receivers do not support Dolby Digital (AC-3). You should not use the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option unless you are using a device that supports Dolby Digital. Please refer to the manual supplied with your equipment to determine if it supports Dolby Digital. If you are unsure and you have selected the AC-3 to S/PDIF Output option, turn down the volume on your equipment before using the DVD Player.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Sony Service Center

For the Sony Service Center nearest you, call at 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Acrobat Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe, Adobe Premiere LE

(Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail techdocs@adobe.com hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone 800-827-3338 hours 7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

CompuServe (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 PM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's AntiVirus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.) Page 331

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone 888-377-6566 e-mail support@us.drsolomon.com hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone 800-927-3000 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

MotorHead (Gremlin Interactive Ltd.)

Web site http://www.gremlin.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972) hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Encarta, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Netscape Communicator (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ phone 888-4SONYPC (888-476-6972)1

hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1-888-4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase.

Quicken Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support/ phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SHORT cinema journal (2014 Corporation)

Web site http://www.dvdmags.com/ phone 310-821-9843 fax 310-821-7846 e-mail my2cents@dvdmags.com hours M-F, 9 AM - 5 PM PT

Specifications Model PCV-E302DS PCV-E308DS Processor 350 MHz Pentium II 450 MHz Pentium II

Hard Disk Drive 10.2 GB 13.6 GB

Standard SDRAM 64 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB 128 MB SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB Video RAM8 MB SDRAM MPEG "Sony Tuned" MPEG2 Digital Video supports full-screen video and DVD playback Graphics 3D AGP graphics acceleration (Matrox) Sound Capabilities Dynamic High Fidelity 3D PCI Audio (Aureal) Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

DVD-ROM Drive Reads DVD data from 2X to 5X variable transfer rate.1

Reads CD data from 10X to 24X variable transfer rate. Modem V.90 compatible data/fax modem2

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot One hard disk drive bay

Connection Capabilities (Front) USB port i.LINK port (4-pin)

Connection Capabilities (Rear) Optional Keyboard (PS/2-style) Mouse (PS/2-style) USB port

Page 332

Serial port Parallel (printer) Game/MIDI Headphones Line In Microphone VGA Monitor S-Link (ControlA1) S/PDIF Digital Audio Out Video Out S Video Out Two i.LINK ports (6-pin)3

Modem line (RJ-11) Phone line (RJ-11)

Supplied Accessories VAIO Smart keyboard Sony two-button mouse RJ-11 phone cable Power cord Service 90-day limited express service. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard. Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration4

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum Dimensions 7" (w) x 12" (h) x 13 3/4" (d) (178mm x 304mm x 330mm) Weight 17 lbs. (7.71 kg) Operating Temperature 50 F to 95 F (+10 C to 35 C)

1 Data on a DVD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 2X at the innermost track to 5X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 1385 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is either 3.3X (4616 kbytes/s) or 3.4X (4709 kbytes/s), depending on your specific system. Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X (2550 kbytes/s).

2 Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbps. Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kpbs using K56flex Technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service Provider however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

3 Six-pin i-LINK connectors on the rear of the system each supply 10V to 12V. The combined total wattage that can be supplied by the two connectors is 6 watts.

4 Certain restrictions apply

If a region code warning appears when you are using the DVD player, it could be that the DVD-ROM disc you are trying to play is incompatible with the DVD-ROM drive in your VAIO MicroTower. Region code indicators such as "1" or "ALL" are labeled on some DVD discs to indicate what type of player can play the discs. Unless a number or "ALL" appears on your DVD disc or on the packaging, you cannot play the disc on this player.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

This product meets the standards of the International Energy Star Program for energy efficiency.

1998 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in w hole or in part w ithout w ritten permission is prohibited. All rights reserved.

1 Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Page 333

Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

About the User Guide

The User Guide offers a quick introduction and reference to your Sony computer.

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower shows you how to connect the standard components of your system--generally in under 15 minutes. This section also explains how to connect additional components, such as a printer, MIDI instrument, joystick, digital camera, and more.

Getting Help explains the support options available to you, shows you how to use the Sony Online Support service, and offers basic troubleshooting tips.

Computer Basics shows new computer users how to use a mouse, keyboard, DVD-ROM, and diskette drive.

Other Information provides facts and advice about using your computer.

Limited Warranty Statement provides your product warranty statement and explains how to extend your warranty for an additional nine months.

Page 334

Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the Sony VAIO MicroTower Computer. Sony has combined leading-edge technology in audio, video, computing, and communications to provide you with state-of-the-art personal computing.

About the User Guide

The User Guide offers a quick introduction and reference to your Sony computer.

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower shows you how to connect the standard components of your system--generally in under 15 minutes. This section also explains how to connect additional components, such as a printer, MIDI instrument, joystick, digital camera, and more.

Getting Help explains the support options available to you, shows you how to use the Sony Online Support service, and offers basic troubleshooting tips.

Computer Basics shows new computer users how to use a mouse, keyboard, DVD-ROM, and diskette drive.

Other Information provides facts and advice about using your computer.

Limited Warranty Statement provides your product warranty statement and explains how to extend your warranty for an additional nine months.

Page 335

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 336

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 337

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 338

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 339

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 340

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 341

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 342

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 343

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 344

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 345

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 346

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 347

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 348

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 349

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 350

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 351

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 352

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 353

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 354

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 355

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 356

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 357

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 358

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 359

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 360

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 361

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 362

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 363

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 364

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 365

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 366

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 367

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 368

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 369

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 370

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 371

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 372

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 373

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 374

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 375

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 376

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 377

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 378

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 379

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 380

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 381

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 382

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 383

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 384

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 385

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 386

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 387

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 388

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 389

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 390

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 391

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 392

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 393

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 394

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 395

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 396

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 397

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 398

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 399

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 400

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 401

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 402

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 403

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 404

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 405

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 406

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 407

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 408

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 409

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 410

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 411

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 412

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 413

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 414

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 415

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 416

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 417

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 418

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 419

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 420

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 421

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 422

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 423

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 424

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 425

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 426

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 427

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 428

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 429

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 430

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 431

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 432

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 433

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 434

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 435

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 436

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 437

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 438

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 439

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 440

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 441

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 442

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 443

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 444

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 445

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 446

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 447

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 448

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 449

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 450

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 451

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 452

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 453

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 454

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 455

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 456

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 457

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 458

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 459

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 460

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 461

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 462

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 463

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 464

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 465

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 466

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 467

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 468

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 469

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 470

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 471

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 472

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 473

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 474

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 475

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 476

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 477

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 478

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 479

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 480

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 481

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 482

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 483

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 484

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 485

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 486

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 487

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 488

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 489

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 490

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 491

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 492

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 493

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 494

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 495

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 496

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 497

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 498

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 499

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this connector.

Page 500

See the manual that came with your S-Link equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device

You can connect Universal Serial Bus (USB) devices to your computer. There is one USB connection on the front of your computer and another one on the back.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the USB cable into this connector.

Page 501

See the manuals that came with your USB devices for more information on setting up and using them.

Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

You can connect other computer peripherals, such as Sony's digital still camera, to the computer's serial port.

Plug the serial cable from the digital camera into the serial port.

Page 502

See the manual that came with your digital camera for more information on setting it up and using it.

Starting Your Computer

After you connect all the cables and accessories to your computer, you are ready to turn on the computer.

1. Press the power switch on the display to turn on the power.

2. Press the power switch on the front panel of the computer to turn on the power.

Page 503

See Using the Standby Mode and Shutting Down Your Computer for instructions on turning off your computer.

After shutting down your computer, wait 10 seconds before turning the computer on again.

Registering Windows 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must register Windows before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1. Gathering information:

o Enter your name.

o Read and accept the License Agreement.

o Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Windows Getting Started manual.

2. Windows setup:

o Click the Finish button on the Windows Setup Wizard screen.

3. Selecting your computer settings:

o If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date and Time on the Date/Time Properties screen.

4. Learning about Windows:

o If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer Page 504

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Online Support--Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

Limited warranty--Protect your investment. See Limited Warranty Statement for details.

You must register your VAIO MicroTower to extend the warranty for an additional nine months beyond the initial 90-day warranty period.

On-site service--Provides convenient resolution of problems.

Follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1. Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2. Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3. Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4. Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

Using the Standby Mode

When you are done using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode

1. Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2. Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode. See Read Me First for additional information on using the standby mode.

To change the length of time before the computer goes into standby mode

The computer automatically goes into standby mode when there is no activity on the computer for a specified amount of time. You can select this length of time from the Windows Control Panel.

To take the computer out of standby mode

Press any key on the keyboard, move the mouse, or press the power switch on the front panel again.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode Amber Computer is in standby mode. Green Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use. No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Page 505

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you're ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not press the power switch before you shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See Using the Standby Mode.

1. Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2. Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3. Select Shut down to shut down the computer.

4. Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5. Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6. Turn off the display and any other peripherals connected to your computer.

Page 506

Setting Up Your VAIO MicroTower Your VAIO MicroTower comes with the software titles preinstalled on your hard disk drive. Just follow these simple steps to connect the cables and turn on the computer, and your VAIO MicroTower is ready to use.

Choosing a Location for Your Computer

Before you get started, find the best location for your new computer. Here are some things to consider when planning your workspace:

Stable work surface--Use a stable work surface large enough to support the computer, the display, and other equipment.

Ventilation--Leave at least eight inches of space on the left and back sides of your computer to enable proper ventilation.

Placement of the keyboard, mouse, and other input devices--Place your keyboard, mouse, and other input devices so that your arms and hands are in a relaxed, comfortable position. The keyboard should be directly in front of you. Adjust the level of the keyboard so that your lower arms are parallel to the floor. Keep your wrists in a relaxed position when you're using the keyboard--not angled up or down. Use the palmrest only briefly, for resting. While typing, never use the palmrest or rest your hands on the table. Position the mouse at the same level as the keyboard. Hold the mouse with a relaxed hand, and use your whole arm to move it. Take breaks during sessions with your computer. Excessive use of the mouse or a joystick may strain muscles or tendons.

Furniture and posture--Sit in a chair with good back support and armrests. Adjust the level of the chair so your feet are flat on the floor. A footrest may make you more comfortable. Sit in a relaxed, upright posture--avoid slouching forward or leaning far backward.

Viewing angle of the display--Position the display 18 to 26 inches directly in front of you, with the top of the screen at or a little below eye level. Use the display's tilting feature to find the best position. You can reduce eye strain and muscle fatigue by placing the display in the proper position.

Lighting--Choose a location where windows and lights do not create glare and reflection on thePage 507

display. Use indirect lighting to avoid bright spots on the display. You can also purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare. Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness.

Connecting the Sony Multimedia Computer Display

The Sony Multimedia Computer Display (sold separately) is an integrated audio/video unit with built-in speakers and a microphone. Follow these steps to connect it to your computer.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the blue display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the green speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red symbol to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the red microphone cable into this connector.

See the manual that came with your Sony Multimedia Computer Display for more information on setting up and using the display.

Connecting a Display, Speakers, and a Microphone

If you did not purchase the Sony Multimedia Computer Display, you need speakers and a microphone to use the computer's audio features.

If you're connecting the computer to a TV or other video component, see Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out).

Make sure your speakers are designed for computer use. See the manuals that came with your display, speakers, and microphone for more information on setting them up and using them.

Page 508

1. Use the blue symbol to locate the monitor (display) connector. Plug the display cable into this connector, and then tighten the two screws to secure the cable.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector. Plug the speaker cable into this connector.

3. Use the red to locate the mic (microphone) connector. Plug the microphone cable into this connector.

Connecting the Optional Palmrest

The keyboard that comes with your computer is equipped with an optional palmrest that you can attach to your keyboard. Follow these steps to connect the palmrest.

1. Place the keyboard and palmrest upside down on a flat surface.

2. Insert the latching posts on the palmrest into the openings on the keyboard.

3. Move the palmrest to the right until you feel it snap into place.

Page 509

Do not keep your wrists on the palmrest while typing; use the palmrest briefly only when resting.

To remove the palmrest

1. Turn the keyboard and palmrest upside down.

2. Push down on the palmrest, and then move it to the left.

3. Lift the palmrest away from the keyboard.

Connecting the Keyboard and Mouse

Follow these steps to connect the keyboard and mouse.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the usb connector. Plug the purple keyboard cable into this connector.

2. Use the blue-green symbol to locate the mouse connector and insert the blue-green mouse cable into this connector.

Page 510

See Computer Basics for more information on setting up and using the keyboard and mouse.

Connecting the Phone Line and Phone

You need to connect a phone line to take advantage of online services, the Internet, and faxing. To use Sony Online Support (SOS), you must also connect a phone.

In order to register your Sony VAIO MicroTower, register your software online, and use Sony Online Support, you must connect your computer to a phone line. Also, you must register your computer to receive the extended warranty.

There are two phone jacks on the back panel. Follow these steps to connect your phone line and phone.

The location of the Line and Telephone jacks on your computer may vary from those shown in the illustration .

1. Unplug your phone from the wall jack and plug it into the telephone jack on the computer.

2. Plug one end of the phone cable that came with your system into the line jack and the other end into the wall jack.

Page 511

Your computer does not work with party lines, cannot be connected to a coin-operated telephone, and may not work with multiple phone lines or a private branch exchange (PBX).

Connecting the Power Cords

Follow these steps to connect the power cords.

1. Plug the power cord into the connector on the computer.

2. If necessary, plug the display power cord into the display.

3. Plug both the display and power cords into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterruptible Power Supply.

Page 512

Connecting Peripherals

You can add functionality to your computer by connecting any of the following peripherals.

Connecting Enables You To For Details Television Send audio and video from the computer to the TV. Allows you to play games and watch movies on a large screen. Also useful for business presentations. See Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out) Printer Print documents from the computer. See Connecting a Printer Joystick Connect a joystick, which enhances game playing. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument MIDI device Connect MIDI instruments. See Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device* Connect a digital video camera without shutting down your computer. Enhance still pictures or edit your videos with easy-to-use, preloaded software applications. See Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

S/PDIF equipped device*

Record digital audio directly from your computer to audio recording devices such as a digital receiver or minidisc Player/Recorder. See Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device S-Link (Control A1) equipped device* Connect a minidisc player or CD changer and create libraries of your favorite music on your computer. See Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device Universal Serial Bus (USB) device Connect USB devices. See Connecting a Universal Serial Bus Device Serial device Connect serial devices, such as a digital camera. See Connecting a Digital Still Camera or Other Serial Peripheral

* Some models of the VAIO MicroTower may not include this feature.

Turn off the computer before connecting peripherals. In normal use, you should turn on the peripherals before turning on the computer. You can connect USB devices while the computer is on.

Page 513

Connecting a Television (Audio/Video Out)

Connecting a television to your computer enables you to send audio and video from the computer to the television. (You will be able to watch video and hear audio on both the computer and the television.)

You can also connect the computer to a camcorder, VCR, or other video component that has a VIDEO IN or S VIDEO IN connector.

If your system includes the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO IN connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the headphones connector on the computer. Plug the black

end of the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the

audio splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors. (This enables you to hear audio on the multimedia monitor as well as on your TV.)

3. Plug the green audio plug from the display cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Then use the red symbol to locate the mic connector on the computer. Plug the red microphone cable from the display cable into this connector.

If your system does not include the Sony Multimedia Computer Display:

Page 514

1. Use the yellow symbol to locate the composite video out connector on the computer. Plug either end of the yellow video cable into this connector. Then plug the other end of the cable into the TV's video in connector.

If your TV has an S VIDEO in connector, use the S VIDEO cable to connect the computer's S VIDEO OUT jack to the TV's S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO provides a better picture than a conventional video connection.

2. Use the green symbol to locate the phones connector on the computer. Plug the black end of

the audio splitter cable into this connector. Then plug the red and white ends of the audio

splitter cable into the TV's audio in connectors.

3. Plug the speaker cable into the connector on the audio splitter cable .

Connecting a Printer

You can connect a printer to your computer to print documents from your computer.

1. Use the dark grey symbol to locate the printer connector. Plug the printer cable into this connector.

2. If necessary, plug one end of the printer power cord into the printer, and the other end into a grounded AC wall outlet, power strip, or Uninterrupted Power Supply. Page 515

See the manual that came with your printer for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting a Joystick or MIDI Instrument

You can connect a joystick or MIDI instrument to your computer. You can also purchase an adapter to connect additional devices.

Use the dark grey symbol to locate the game connector. Plug the joystick or MIDI cable into this connector.

Page 516

Your MIDI instrument may have a different type of cable which requires an adapter. See the manual that came with your joystick or MIDI instrument for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include i.LINK (IEEE-1394) connectors. See Read Me First for information on your specific model. i.LINK connectors may be located on the front, back, or both the front and back of your system.

To connect an i.LINK (IEEE-1394) device

Use the symbol to locate the i.link connector. Plug the i.LINK device into this connector.

Page 517

See the manual that came with your i.LINK (IEEE-1394) equipped device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Connecting an S/PDIF Equipped Digital Audio Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S/PDIF (Sony/Phillips Digital Interface) Optical Digital Audio Output connector. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S/PDIF device

Locate the S/PDIF (Optical Digital Audio Output) connector. Plug the S/PDIF device into this connector.

Page 518

See the manual that came with your digital audio device for more information on setting it up and using it.

Your VAIO computer incorporates Serial Copy Management System, which will not prevent you from making a direct digital-to-digital copy from a digital source, but from such copies will prevent a second digital-to-digital copy from being made.

Connecting an S-Link (Control A1) Equipped Device

Some models of the VAIO MicroTower include an S-Link (Control A1) connector. Control A1 connections provide a path for the transmission of control signals, thus enabling automatic operation and control features that are usually associated with integrated audio systems. See Read Me First for information on your specific model.

To connect an S-Link (Control A1) device

Locate the S-Link (Control A1) connector. Plug the S-Link (Control A1) device into this